1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
8 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
13 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
20 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
21 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
24 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
28 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
29 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
37 #include "blockinput.h"
39 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
40 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
41 #include "syssignal.h"
43 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
44 if this is not done before the other system files. */
46 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
48 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
49 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
51 #include <sys/types.h>
55 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
56 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
60 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
67 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
68 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
71 #include "character.h"
75 #include "dispextern.h"
77 #include "termhooks.h"
85 #include "intervals.h"
91 #include <X11/Shell.h>
94 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
105 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
107 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
110 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
111 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
114 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
116 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
117 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
122 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
124 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
125 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
127 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
129 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
130 #if defined USE_MOTIF
131 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
132 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
133 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
136 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
137 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
138 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
139 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
140 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
141 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
142 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
144 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
145 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
146 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
147 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
149 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
151 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
152 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
153 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
158 #ifndef XtNinitialState
159 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
163 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
167 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
172 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
174 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
176 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
179 static int any_help_event_p
;
181 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
182 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
184 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
186 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
188 /* Non-zero means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line. */
190 int x_underline_at_descent_line
;
192 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
195 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
197 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
198 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
199 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
200 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
202 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
204 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
205 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
206 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
207 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
209 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
211 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
213 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
216 /* The application context for Xt use. */
217 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
218 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
219 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
221 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
223 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
225 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
226 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
228 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
230 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
231 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
232 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
234 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
238 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
239 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
240 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
241 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
243 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
245 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
246 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
247 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
248 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
249 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
250 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
251 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
252 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
253 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
256 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
258 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
259 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
260 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
262 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
264 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
265 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
268 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
269 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
272 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
274 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
275 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
276 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
277 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
278 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
279 it's somewhat accurate. */
281 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
283 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
285 static Time last_user_time
;
287 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
291 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
293 static int input_signal_count
;
296 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
298 static int x_noop_count
;
300 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
302 extern char **initial_argv
;
303 extern int initial_argc
;
305 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
307 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
309 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
311 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
315 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
317 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
319 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
321 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
322 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
323 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
325 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
326 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
328 /* Used in x_flush. */
330 extern Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay
;
332 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
333 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
335 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
336 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
337 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
338 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
340 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
341 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
342 void x_delete_terminal
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
343 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
344 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
345 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
346 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
347 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
348 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
349 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
350 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
351 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
352 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
353 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
354 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
355 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
356 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
357 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
358 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
359 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
360 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
361 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
363 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
));
364 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
365 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
366 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
367 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
368 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
369 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
370 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
371 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
373 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
374 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int));
375 static void x_sync_with_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
376 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
377 int *, struct input_event
*));
378 /* Don't declare this NO_RETURN because we want no
379 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
380 static SIGTYPE x_connection_closed
P_ ((Display
*, char *));
383 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
389 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
390 connection may be broken. */
391 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
397 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
398 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
399 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
400 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
402 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
403 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
408 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
409 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
410 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
411 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
412 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
415 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
418 /***********************************************************************
420 ***********************************************************************/
424 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
425 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
433 struct record event_record
[100];
435 int event_record_index
;
437 record_event (locus
, type
)
441 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
442 event_record_index
= 0;
444 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
445 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
446 event_record_index
++;
453 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
455 struct x_display_info
*
456 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
459 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
461 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
462 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
470 /***********************************************************************
471 Starting and ending an update
472 ***********************************************************************/
474 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
475 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
476 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
477 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
478 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
488 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
489 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
493 x_update_window_begin (w
)
496 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
497 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
500 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
504 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
506 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
507 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
509 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
511 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
512 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
514 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
515 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
516 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
517 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
518 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
519 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
521 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
522 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
523 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
524 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
525 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
526 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
527 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
531 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
532 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
535 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
536 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
545 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
548 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
552 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
555 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
557 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
560 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
561 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
564 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
566 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
567 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
569 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
570 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
571 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
573 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
574 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
578 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
580 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
582 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
584 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
589 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
591 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
593 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
594 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
599 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
600 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
601 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
603 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
604 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
605 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
608 updated_window
= NULL
;
612 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
619 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
620 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
624 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
630 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
631 complete update has been performed. The global variable
632 updated_window is not available here. */
635 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
640 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
642 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
643 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
646 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
647 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
648 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
649 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
650 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
657 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
658 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
659 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
660 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
661 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
662 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
665 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
666 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
668 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
674 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
675 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
677 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
678 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
679 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
680 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
681 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
682 overhead is very small. */
683 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
684 && desired_row
->full_width_p
685 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
686 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
688 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
691 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
693 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
694 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
695 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
699 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
700 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
701 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
702 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
703 y
, width
, height
, False
);
709 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
711 struct glyph_row
*row
;
712 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
714 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
715 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
716 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
717 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
718 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
721 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
722 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
725 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
728 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
729 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
730 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
731 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
733 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
736 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
740 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
742 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
743 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
744 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
745 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
747 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
749 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
751 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
752 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
753 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
754 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
755 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
756 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
757 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
758 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
760 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
764 int left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
765 int width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
766 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
770 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
771 if (left
+ width
== p
->x
)
772 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
773 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== left
)
777 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
779 nx
= width
- sb_width
;
780 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
782 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
787 if (left
+ width
== bx
)
789 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
790 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
792 else if (bx
+ nx
== left
)
793 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
798 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
799 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
802 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
808 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
809 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
813 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
815 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
817 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
819 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
821 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
822 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
824 face
->background
, depth
);
828 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
829 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
832 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
833 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
834 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
835 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
838 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
839 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
840 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
844 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
845 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
846 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
850 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
855 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
856 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
857 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
861 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
865 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
866 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
869 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
875 /***********************************************************************
877 ***********************************************************************/
879 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
881 static int x_encode_char
P_ ((int, XChar2b
*, struct font_info
*,
882 struct charset
*, int *));
885 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
886 is not contained in the font. */
889 x_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
)
892 int font_type
; /* unused on X */
894 /* The result metric information. */
895 XCharStruct
*pcm
= NULL
;
897 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
899 if (font
->per_char
!= NULL
)
901 if (font
->min_byte1
== 0 && font
->max_byte1
== 0)
903 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
904 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
905 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
906 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
907 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
908 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
909 if (char2b
->byte1
== 0
910 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
911 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
912 pcm
= font
->per_char
+ char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
916 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
917 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
918 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
919 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
921 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
922 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
926 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
928 \ = integer modulus */
929 if (char2b
->byte1
>= font
->min_byte1
930 && char2b
->byte1
<= font
->max_byte1
931 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
932 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
934 pcm
= (font
->per_char
935 + ((font
->max_char_or_byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
+ 1)
936 * (char2b
->byte1
- font
->min_byte1
))
937 + (char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
));
943 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
944 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
945 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
946 if (char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
947 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
948 pcm
= &font
->max_bounds
;
952 || (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0))
957 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
958 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
961 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, charset
, two_byte_p
)
964 struct font_info
*font_info
;
965 struct charset
*charset
;
968 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
970 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
971 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
973 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
975 /* It's a program. */
976 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
978 check_ccl_update (ccl
);
979 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
981 ccl
->reg
[0] = CHARSET_ID (charset
);
982 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte2
;
987 ccl
->reg
[0] = CHARSET_ID (charset
);
988 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte1
;
989 ccl
->reg
[2] = char2b
->byte2
;
992 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, Qnil
);
994 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
996 if (font
->max_byte1
== 0) /* 1-byte font */
997 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
, 0, ccl
->reg
[1]);
999 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
, ccl
->reg
[1], ccl
->reg
[2]);
1001 else if (font_info
->encoding_type
)
1003 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
1004 encoding numbers. */
1005 unsigned char enc
= font_info
->encoding_type
;
1007 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
1008 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
1009 char2b
->byte1
|= 0x80;
1011 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3)
1012 char2b
->byte2
|= 0x80;
1016 *two_byte_p
= ((XFontStruct
*) (font_info
->font
))->max_byte1
> 0;
1018 return FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
1023 /***********************************************************************
1025 ***********************************************************************/
1029 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1030 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1031 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
1033 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1034 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1035 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1036 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1037 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1038 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1039 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1040 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1041 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
1042 unsigned long *, double, int));
1043 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
1044 double, int, unsigned long));
1045 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1046 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1047 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1048 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1049 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
1050 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
1052 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
1053 int, int, int, int, int, int,
1055 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
1056 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
1059 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
1063 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
1068 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1070 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
1071 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1072 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1074 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
1077 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1081 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
1082 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1084 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1085 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1086 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1087 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1088 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1089 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1090 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1092 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1093 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1094 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1096 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1097 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1100 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1101 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
1102 if (enable_font_backend
)
1103 xgcv
.font
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->font
->fid
;
1106 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1107 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1108 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1110 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1111 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1114 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1115 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1117 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1122 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1125 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1126 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1131 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1132 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1133 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1135 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1137 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1138 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1140 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1141 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1142 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1144 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
1145 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1146 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1147 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
1148 else if (enable_font_backend
)
1149 /* No need of setting a font for s->gc. */
1150 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1151 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
1154 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1159 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1160 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1161 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1162 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
1163 if (enable_font_backend
)
1164 xgcv
.font
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->font
->fid
;
1167 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1168 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1169 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1171 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1172 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1175 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1176 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1178 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1181 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1185 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1186 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1187 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1190 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1191 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1193 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1197 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1198 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1202 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1203 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1205 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1207 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1209 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1210 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1212 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1214 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1215 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1217 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1219 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1222 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1224 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1225 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1227 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1228 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1230 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1231 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1235 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1236 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1239 /* GC must have been set. */
1240 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1244 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1245 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1248 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1249 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1251 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
1252 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1256 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1259 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1260 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
1266 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1267 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1271 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (src
, dst
)
1272 struct glyph_string
*src
, *dst
;
1276 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
1277 if (enable_font_backend
)
1280 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1282 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1288 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
1289 struct glyph_string
*clip_head
= src
->clip_head
;
1290 struct glyph_string
*clip_tail
= src
->clip_tail
;
1292 /* This foces clipping just this glyph string. */
1293 src
->clip_head
= src
->clip_tail
= src
;
1294 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (src
, &r
);
1295 src
->clip_head
= clip_head
, src
->clip_tail
= clip_tail
;
1296 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
1298 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
1299 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1304 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1307 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1308 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1311 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1314 int direction
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
1316 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
1317 if (enable_font_backend
)
1319 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1320 struct font
*font
= (struct font
*) s
->font_info
;
1321 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1324 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1325 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1326 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1327 cs
.rbearing
= metrics
.rbearing
;
1328 cs
.lbearing
= metrics
.lbearing
;
1329 cs
.width
= metrics
.width
;
1332 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
1333 XTextExtents16 (s
->font
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
, &direction
,
1334 &font_ascent
, &font_descent
, &cs
);
1335 s
->right_overhang
= cs
.rbearing
> cs
.width
? cs
.rbearing
- cs
.width
: 0;
1336 s
->left_overhang
= cs
.lbearing
< 0 ? -cs
.lbearing
: 0;
1340 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1341 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1346 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1349 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1350 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1354 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1355 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1356 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1357 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1361 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1362 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1363 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1364 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1365 contains the first component of a composition. */
1368 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1369 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1372 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1373 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1374 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1376 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1380 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1381 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1382 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1383 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1384 s
->background_width
,
1385 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1386 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1387 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1389 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1390 || s
->font_not_found_p
1391 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1394 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1395 s
->background_width
,
1396 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1397 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1403 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1406 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1407 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1411 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1412 of S to the right of that box line. */
1413 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1414 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1415 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1419 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1421 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1423 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1425 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1426 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1427 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1429 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1432 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
1433 else if (enable_font_backend
)
1435 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1436 struct font
*font
= (struct font
*) s
->font_info
;
1439 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1440 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1442 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1444 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1445 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1447 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1448 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1449 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1451 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
1454 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
1455 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1457 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1458 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1460 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
1462 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1463 char1b
[i
] = s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1465 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
1466 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
1467 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
1468 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
1469 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
1471 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1473 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
1475 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1476 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1478 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1479 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1484 XDrawImageString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1485 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1487 XDrawImageString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1488 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1491 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1493 /* For overstriking (to simulate bold-face), draw the
1494 characters again shifted to the right by one pixel. */
1496 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1497 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1499 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1500 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1505 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1508 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1509 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1513 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1514 of S to the right of that box line. */
1515 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1516 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1517 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1521 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
1522 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1523 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1524 this composition. */
1526 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1527 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1528 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1531 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1532 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1534 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
1535 else if (enable_font_backend
)
1537 struct font
*font
= (struct font
*) s
->font_info
;
1541 if (s
->cmp
->method
== COMPOSITION_WITH_GLYPH_STRING
)
1543 Lisp_Object gstring
= AREF (XHASH_TABLE (composition_hash_table
)
1545 s
->cmp
->hash_index
* 2);
1548 for (i
= from
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1550 Lisp_Object g
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1551 Lisp_Object adjustment
= LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (g
);
1552 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1554 if (! VECTORP (adjustment
))
1556 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (g
);
1561 font
->driver
->draw (s
, from
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1564 xoff
= XINT (AREF (adjustment
, 0));
1565 yoff
= XINT (AREF (adjustment
, 1));
1566 wadjust
= XINT (AREF (adjustment
, 2));
1568 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1574 font
->driver
->draw (s
, from
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1578 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->gidx
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1579 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1581 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1582 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1584 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1585 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1586 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1590 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
1593 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->gidx
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1596 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1597 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2],
1598 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1],
1600 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1601 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1602 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2] + 1,
1603 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1],
1610 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1612 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1613 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1614 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1615 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1616 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1619 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1620 cannot be determined. */
1622 static struct frame
*
1623 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1626 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1630 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1632 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1633 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1634 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1635 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1636 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1637 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1639 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1640 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1641 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1642 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1643 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1645 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1646 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1647 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1654 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1655 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1656 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1657 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1660 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1665 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1666 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1670 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1671 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1672 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1673 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1674 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1675 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1678 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1682 unsigned long *pixel
;
1686 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1687 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1691 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1692 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1694 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1696 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1698 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1703 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1704 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1706 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1709 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1711 DPY is the display we are working on.
1713 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1714 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1715 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1716 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1718 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1719 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1721 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1722 we allocated the color or not.
1724 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1727 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1731 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1732 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1742 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1743 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1745 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1749 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1750 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1751 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1753 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1755 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1756 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1758 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1760 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1761 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1763 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1764 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1766 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1767 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1772 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1774 params
[0] = color_name
;
1775 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1776 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1777 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1782 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1784 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1786 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1790 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1794 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1795 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1798 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1803 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1804 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1805 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1807 APP is the application context in which we work.
1809 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1810 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1811 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1813 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1816 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1825 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1827 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1830 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1832 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1833 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1834 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1835 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1836 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1841 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1844 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1845 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1846 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1847 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1849 static const XColor
*
1850 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1854 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1856 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1858 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1861 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1862 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1863 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1864 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1865 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1867 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1868 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1870 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1871 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1874 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1875 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1879 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1880 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1883 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1888 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1890 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1893 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1895 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1896 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1897 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1898 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1902 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1906 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1907 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1910 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1914 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1918 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1919 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1920 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1924 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1931 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1934 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1935 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1936 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1937 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1939 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1941 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1943 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1945 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1946 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1947 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1948 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1950 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1953 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1957 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1958 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1959 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1960 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1964 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1965 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1966 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1967 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1968 XColor
*cached_color
;
1970 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1971 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1972 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1973 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1974 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1976 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1977 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1978 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1982 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1984 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1985 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1991 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1992 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1993 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1997 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
2002 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
2003 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
2007 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
2008 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
2009 get color reference counts right. */
2012 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
2014 unsigned long pixel
;
2018 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
2020 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
2021 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
2023 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
2024 register_color (pixel
);
2030 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
2031 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
2032 get color reference counts right. */
2035 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
2038 unsigned long pixel
;
2042 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
2044 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
2045 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
2047 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
2048 register_color (pixel
);
2054 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
2057 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
2058 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
2059 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
2060 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
2061 use an additional additive factor.
2063 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
2064 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
2065 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
2068 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
2069 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
2070 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
2071 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
2072 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
2073 Value is non-zero if successful. */
2076 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
2080 unsigned long *pixel
;
2088 /* Get RGB color values. */
2089 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
2090 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
2092 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
2093 xassert (factor
>= 0);
2094 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
2095 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
2096 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
2098 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
2099 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
2101 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
2102 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
2103 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
2104 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
2105 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
2107 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
2108 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
2109 /* The additive adjustment. */
2110 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
2114 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
2115 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
2116 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
2120 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
2121 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
2122 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
2126 /* Try to allocate the color. */
2127 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
2130 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
2132 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
2133 delta to the RGB values. */
2134 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
2136 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
2137 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
2138 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
2139 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
2150 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
2151 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
2152 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
2153 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
2154 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
2155 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
2158 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
2160 struct relief
*relief
;
2163 unsigned long default_pixel
;
2166 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
2167 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
2168 unsigned long pixel
;
2169 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
2170 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
2171 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
2172 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2174 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
2175 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
2177 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
2178 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
2179 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
2181 && relief
->allocated_p
)
2183 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
2184 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
2187 /* Allocate new color. */
2188 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
2190 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
2191 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
2193 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
2194 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
2197 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
2199 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
2201 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
2204 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2208 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
2211 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
2212 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2214 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
2215 unsigned long color
;
2217 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
2218 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
2219 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
2221 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
2222 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2227 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2228 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2229 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2232 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2233 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2235 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2236 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2237 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2238 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2239 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2244 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2245 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2246 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2247 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2248 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2249 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2253 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2254 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2256 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2257 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2258 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2260 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2261 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2266 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2268 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2269 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2273 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2274 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2275 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2276 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2280 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2281 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2282 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2284 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2286 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2288 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2289 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2293 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2294 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2295 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2296 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2300 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2301 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2302 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2304 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2308 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2309 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2310 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2311 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2312 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2313 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2316 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2317 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2318 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2319 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2320 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2324 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2325 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2326 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2329 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2330 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2334 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2335 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2338 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2339 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2343 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2344 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2346 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2347 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2351 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2354 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2355 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2357 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2358 int left_p
, right_p
;
2359 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2360 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2362 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2363 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2364 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2366 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2367 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2369 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2371 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2372 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2374 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2376 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2378 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2380 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2381 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2383 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2384 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2385 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2387 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2389 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2391 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2392 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2393 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2396 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2397 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2398 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2403 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2406 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2407 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2410 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2412 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2413 right of that line. */
2414 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2415 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2417 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2419 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2421 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2422 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2423 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2424 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2430 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2431 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2432 trust on the shape extension to be available
2433 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2435 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2438 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2440 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2441 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2442 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2443 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2444 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2446 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2449 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2450 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2451 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2452 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2453 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2454 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2458 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2460 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2463 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2464 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2465 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2466 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2467 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2468 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2470 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2471 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2472 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2473 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2474 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2475 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2476 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2478 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2480 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2482 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2483 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2488 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2489 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2490 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2494 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2497 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2498 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2500 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2503 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2505 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2506 right of that line. */
2507 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2508 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2510 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2512 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2514 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2515 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2516 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2517 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2519 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2520 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2522 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2523 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2527 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2528 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2533 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1;
2534 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1;
2536 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2537 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2538 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2540 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2542 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2547 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2550 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2551 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2555 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2557 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2558 right of that line. */
2559 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2560 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2562 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2564 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2566 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2567 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2568 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2569 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2575 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2576 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2577 trust on the shape extension to be available
2578 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2580 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2584 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2585 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2586 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2587 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2588 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2590 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2591 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2592 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2593 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2597 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2598 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2599 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2601 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2602 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2603 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2604 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2605 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2606 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2607 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2609 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2611 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2612 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2613 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2618 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2619 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2620 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2624 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2625 give the rectangle to draw. */
2628 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2629 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2634 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2635 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2636 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2637 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2640 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2644 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2647 s->x +-------------------------
2650 | +-------------------------
2653 | | +-------------------
2659 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2660 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2662 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2663 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2665 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2668 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2669 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2670 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2671 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2673 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2674 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2676 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2677 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2681 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2682 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2686 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2687 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2688 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2689 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2690 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2692 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2693 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2694 s
->background_width
,
2697 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2699 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2701 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2704 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2705 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2706 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2707 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2708 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2709 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2710 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2715 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2717 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2718 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2719 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2720 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2728 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2730 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2732 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2733 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2735 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2738 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2741 /* Draw the foreground. */
2744 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2745 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2746 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2747 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2748 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2751 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2753 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2755 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2756 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2757 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2761 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2764 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2765 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2767 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2769 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2770 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2772 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2773 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2774 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2775 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2779 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2782 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2785 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2787 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2788 if (width
< background_width
)
2791 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2796 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2797 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2799 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2805 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2806 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2808 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2810 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2811 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2812 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2813 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2818 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2819 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2820 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2821 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2825 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2827 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2828 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2830 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2831 except for header line and mode line. */
2832 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2834 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2837 if (background_width
> 0)
2838 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2841 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2845 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2848 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2849 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2851 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2853 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2854 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2855 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2856 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2859 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2861 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
; next
;
2862 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2863 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2865 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2866 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2867 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2868 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
2869 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2870 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
2874 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2875 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2877 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2878 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2879 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2880 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2881 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2882 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2885 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2886 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2887 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2888 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2891 else if ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2892 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
))
2893 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2894 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2895 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2896 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2898 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2900 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2903 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2907 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2911 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2912 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2914 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2915 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2918 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2919 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
2920 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2922 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2923 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2930 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2932 /* Draw underline. */
2933 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2935 unsigned long tem
, h
;
2938 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2939 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
2940 if (enable_font_backend
)
2941 /* In the future, we must use information of font. */
2944 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
2945 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
, &h
))
2948 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
2949 if (enable_font_backend
)
2952 /* In the future, we must use information of font. */
2953 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
2955 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
2960 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
2961 if (!x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2963 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2964 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2965 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2966 specs, and its default is
2968 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2969 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2971 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2972 && XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION
, &tem
))
2973 y
= s
->ybase
+ (long) tem
;
2974 else if (s
->face
->font
)
2975 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
2979 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2980 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2981 s
->x
, y
, s
->background_width
, h
);
2985 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2986 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2987 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2988 s
->x
, y
, s
->background_width
, h
);
2989 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2993 /* Draw overline. */
2994 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2996 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2998 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2999 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3000 s
->background_width
, h
);
3004 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3005 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
3006 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3007 s
->background_width
, h
);
3008 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3012 /* Draw strike-through. */
3013 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
3015 unsigned long h
= 1;
3016 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
3018 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
3019 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3024 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3025 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
3026 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3028 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3032 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
3033 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
3034 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
3038 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
3040 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
3041 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
3042 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
3044 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
3045 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
3046 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
3049 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
3050 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
3051 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
3052 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
3054 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
3055 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
3057 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
3058 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
3059 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
3065 struct glyph_string
*next
;
3067 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
3068 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
3069 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
3071 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
3072 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
3073 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
3076 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
3077 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
3078 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
3079 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
3081 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
3082 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
3084 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
3085 next
->num_clips
= 0;
3086 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
3091 /* Reset clipping. */
3092 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
3093 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
3095 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
3098 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
3101 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
3103 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
3105 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3106 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3107 x
, y
, width
, height
,
3111 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
3115 x_delete_glyphs (f
, n
)
3123 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
3124 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
3127 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
3134 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
3135 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
3139 /* Clear an entire frame. */
3142 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
3144 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
3146 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
3147 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
3148 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
3150 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
3151 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
3153 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
3155 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
3156 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
3157 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
3159 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3166 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
3168 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
3169 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
3171 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3174 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
3175 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
3178 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
3179 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
3181 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
3182 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
3183 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
3185 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
3186 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
3190 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
3192 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
3193 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
3197 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
3199 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
3200 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
3202 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
3204 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
3216 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3217 pixels into background pixels. */
3221 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3222 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3223 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3225 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3226 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3230 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3231 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3232 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3233 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3234 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3235 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3236 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3240 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3241 edge it is next to. */
3242 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3244 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3245 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3248 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3249 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3256 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3258 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3259 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3261 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3263 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3264 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
3265 width
, flash_height
);
3266 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3268 (height
- flash_height
3269 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3270 width
, flash_height
);
3273 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3274 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3275 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3276 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3281 struct timeval wakeup
;
3283 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
3285 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
3286 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
3287 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
3288 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
3290 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3292 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3294 struct timeval current
;
3295 struct timeval timeout
;
3297 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
3299 /* Break if result would be negative. */
3300 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
3303 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3305 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
3307 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3308 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
3312 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3313 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3315 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3317 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3318 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
3319 width
, flash_height
);
3320 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3322 (height
- flash_height
3323 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3324 width
, flash_height
);
3327 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3328 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3329 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3330 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3332 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3340 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3343 /* Make audible bell. */
3348 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3350 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3352 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3359 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3360 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3367 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3368 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3369 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3370 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3373 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3376 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3381 /***********************************************************************
3383 ***********************************************************************/
3385 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3386 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3389 x_ins_del_lines (f
, vpos
, n
)
3397 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3400 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3404 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3405 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3407 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3408 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3410 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3412 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3413 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3414 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3418 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3419 line at the bottom. */
3420 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3421 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3423 height
= run
->height
;
3427 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3429 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3430 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3432 height
= run
->height
;
3437 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3441 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3442 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3443 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3453 /***********************************************************************
3455 ***********************************************************************/
3462 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3463 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3464 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3465 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3467 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3468 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3470 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3474 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3477 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3478 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3479 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3480 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3482 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3483 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3485 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3488 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3489 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3490 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3491 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3492 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3495 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3496 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3497 struct frame
*frame
;
3499 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3501 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3503 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3504 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3505 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3507 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3508 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3511 selected_frame
= frame
;
3512 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
3514 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
, Qnil
);
3515 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3518 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3519 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3521 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3524 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3527 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3528 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3529 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3532 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3535 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3536 struct frame
*frame
;
3537 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3539 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3541 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3543 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3544 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3546 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3547 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3548 if (NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3549 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3550 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3552 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3553 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3557 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3560 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3561 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3564 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3566 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3568 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3570 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3571 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3575 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3576 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3581 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3582 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3584 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3587 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3588 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3590 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3592 struct frame
*frame
;
3594 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3598 switch (event
->type
)
3603 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3605 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3607 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3608 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3609 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3610 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3612 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3618 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3619 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3620 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3621 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3625 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3627 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3628 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3629 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3636 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3639 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3640 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3642 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3645 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3646 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3647 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3649 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3650 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3651 the appropriate X display info. */
3654 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3655 struct frame
*frame
;
3657 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3661 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3662 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3664 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3666 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3668 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3669 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3670 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3671 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3672 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3674 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3675 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3679 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3681 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3684 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3685 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3686 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3692 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3694 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3696 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3697 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3699 int min_code
, max_code
;
3702 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3704 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3705 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3706 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3707 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3708 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3710 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3712 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3713 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3715 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3717 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3718 Alt keysyms are on. */
3720 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3721 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3723 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3725 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3726 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3728 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3730 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3734 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3738 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3740 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3746 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3747 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3752 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3753 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3758 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3759 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3760 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3761 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3766 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3767 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3768 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3769 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3773 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3774 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3775 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3776 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3777 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3786 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3787 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3789 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3790 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3793 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3794 make them just meta, not alt. */
3795 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3797 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3800 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3801 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3804 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3808 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3809 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3812 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3813 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3814 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3815 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3818 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3819 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3820 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3821 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3822 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3823 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3824 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3825 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3828 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3829 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3830 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3831 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3832 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3833 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3837 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3838 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3841 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3842 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3843 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3844 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3848 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3849 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3850 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3851 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3852 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3853 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3854 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3855 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3858 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3859 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3860 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3861 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3862 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3863 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3866 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3869 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3875 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3883 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3885 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3887 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3891 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3892 struct input_event
*result
;
3893 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3896 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3898 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3899 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3900 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3901 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3903 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3907 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3908 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3909 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3915 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3916 The input handler calls this.
3918 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3919 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3920 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3921 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3923 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3924 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3927 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3929 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3931 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3932 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3933 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3935 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3938 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3940 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3941 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3942 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3943 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3948 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3949 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3950 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3951 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3952 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3953 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3955 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3956 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3957 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3958 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3959 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3960 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3968 /************************************************************************
3970 ************************************************************************/
3973 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3975 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3976 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3977 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3978 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3979 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3984 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3985 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3987 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3988 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3989 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3990 position on the scroll bar.
3992 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3993 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3996 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3997 was at this position.
3999 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
4001 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
4005 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
4008 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
4009 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
4011 unsigned long *time
;
4017 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
4018 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
4024 Window dummy_window
;
4027 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
4029 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
4030 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4031 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
4032 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
4033 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
4035 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
4037 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
4038 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4039 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
4041 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
4044 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
4045 a different screen. */
4048 /* The position on that root window. */
4051 /* More trash we can't trust. */
4054 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
4056 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
4058 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
4059 containing the pointer. */
4063 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
4067 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
4068 structure is changing at the same time this function
4069 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
4071 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
4073 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
4074 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
4076 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
4077 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
4078 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4080 /* From-window, to-window. */
4081 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
4083 /* From-position, to-position. */
4084 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4088 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
4094 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4096 /* From-window, to-window. */
4099 /* From-position, to-position. */
4100 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4105 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
4113 /* Now we know that:
4114 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
4115 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
4116 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
4117 (XTC did this the last time through), and
4118 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
4119 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
4120 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
4121 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
4122 never use them in that case.) */
4124 /* Is win one of our frames? */
4125 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
4127 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4128 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
4131 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4132 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4134 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4137 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4140 x_uncatch_errors ();
4142 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
4145 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4147 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
4151 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4157 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4158 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4162 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4163 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4164 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4165 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4166 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4167 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4168 the frame are divided into. */
4170 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
4171 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4176 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4177 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4178 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4188 /***********************************************************************
4190 ***********************************************************************/
4192 /* Scroll bar support. */
4194 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4196 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4199 static struct scroll_bar
*
4200 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
4206 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4207 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4208 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4210 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4212 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
4214 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4215 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
4216 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
4219 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4222 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4224 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4225 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4226 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4227 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4228 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4231 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4232 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4233 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4234 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4241 #if defined USE_LUCID
4243 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4244 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4247 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
4252 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4254 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
4256 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4257 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4259 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4267 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4270 /************************************************************************
4272 ************************************************************************/
4274 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4276 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
4277 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
4278 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
4279 struct scroll_bar
*));
4280 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
4284 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4285 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4287 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4289 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4291 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4293 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4294 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4297 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4299 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4301 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4303 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4304 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4305 to avoid jerkyness. */
4307 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4309 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4310 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4311 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4312 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4315 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
4318 XtPointer client_data
;
4322 Cardinal
*num_params
;
4328 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4329 end_action
= "Release";
4330 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4331 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4332 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4333 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4336 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4337 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4341 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4342 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4343 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4345 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4347 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4348 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4349 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4351 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4352 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4354 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4355 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4358 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4360 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4361 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4363 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4364 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4367 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4368 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4369 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4370 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4373 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4375 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4378 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4379 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4380 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4385 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4386 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4387 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4388 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4389 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4392 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4393 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4394 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4395 into that array in the event. */
4396 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4397 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4400 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4402 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4403 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4404 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4406 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4408 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4409 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4412 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4413 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4414 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4415 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4416 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4417 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4419 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4420 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4421 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4422 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4425 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4426 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4427 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4428 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4433 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4437 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4439 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4441 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4446 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4447 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4449 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4450 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4452 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4453 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4456 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4458 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4460 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4461 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4462 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4463 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4464 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4470 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4472 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4475 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4476 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4477 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4480 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4482 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4484 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4485 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4486 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4490 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4491 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4492 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4495 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4496 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4497 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4500 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4501 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4502 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4505 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4506 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4507 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4511 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4512 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4515 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4516 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4517 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4524 /* Get the slider size. */
4526 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4529 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4530 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4531 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4532 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4536 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4542 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4543 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4544 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4548 #elif defined USE_GTK
4550 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4551 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4554 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4558 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4564 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4565 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4567 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4569 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4572 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4574 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4580 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4582 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4584 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4586 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4587 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4589 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4591 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4592 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4594 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4596 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4597 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4599 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4601 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4602 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4606 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4607 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4608 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4609 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4614 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4615 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4616 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4620 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4622 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4623 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4624 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4628 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4630 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4632 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4633 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4635 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4638 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4640 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4644 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4646 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4647 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4648 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4649 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4650 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4652 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4654 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4656 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4657 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4658 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4659 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4663 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4664 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4665 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4666 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4667 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4668 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4669 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4672 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4674 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4676 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4677 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4678 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4682 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4684 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4687 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4688 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4690 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4691 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4692 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4693 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4695 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4697 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4698 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4699 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4700 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4703 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4705 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4707 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4708 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4712 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4714 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4716 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4719 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4724 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4727 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4729 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4735 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4736 unsigned long pixel
;
4741 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4742 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4743 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4744 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4745 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4746 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4747 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4748 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4750 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4753 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4757 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4760 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4764 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4765 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4767 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4768 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4770 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4772 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4774 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4776 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4778 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4780 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4783 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4784 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4786 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4787 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4788 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4789 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4791 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4793 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4794 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4795 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4796 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4797 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4798 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4799 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4800 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4802 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4805 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4809 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4812 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4816 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4818 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4819 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4821 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4822 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4823 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4825 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4827 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4829 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4830 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4831 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4833 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4836 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4837 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4838 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4839 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4840 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4841 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4843 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4847 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4848 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4849 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4851 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4853 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4856 /* Specify the colors. */
4857 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4860 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4863 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4866 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4872 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4873 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4877 char *val
= initial
;
4878 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4879 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4880 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4882 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4883 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4884 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4885 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4886 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4887 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4891 /* Define callbacks. */
4892 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4893 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4896 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4897 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4899 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4901 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4902 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4903 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4904 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4906 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4907 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4908 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4909 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4913 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4916 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4917 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4921 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4922 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4923 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4925 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4928 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4930 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4931 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4932 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4934 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4935 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4942 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4943 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4944 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4945 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4946 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4947 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4948 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4949 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4950 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4951 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4952 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4953 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4954 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4955 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4962 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4963 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4966 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4970 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4971 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4973 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4974 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4975 size
= max (size
, 1);
4977 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4978 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4979 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4981 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4983 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4989 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4990 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4994 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4996 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4997 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4998 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
5002 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
5003 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
5004 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
5007 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
5008 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
5010 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
5011 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
5012 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
5013 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
5015 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5016 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
5019 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
5020 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
5021 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
5023 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
5027 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
5031 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5033 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5037 /************************************************************************
5038 Scroll bars, general
5039 ************************************************************************/
5041 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
5042 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
5043 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
5046 static struct scroll_bar
*
5047 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
5049 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
5051 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5052 struct scroll_bar
*bar
5053 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
5057 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5058 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
5059 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5061 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
5065 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5066 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
5067 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
5069 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
5070 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
5072 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
5074 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
5076 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
5077 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
5078 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
5079 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5080 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5082 window_box_height (w
), False
);
5084 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5085 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
5086 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5088 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5090 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
5097 bar
->x_window
= window
;
5099 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5101 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
5105 bar
->height
= height
;
5108 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5109 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
5111 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
5112 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5114 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5115 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
5116 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5118 /* Map the window/widget. */
5119 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5122 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5125 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5126 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5128 xg_show_scroll_bar (bar
->x_window
);
5129 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5130 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
5131 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
5132 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5134 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5135 max (height
, 1), 0);
5136 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
5137 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5139 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5140 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5141 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5148 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5150 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
5152 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
5153 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
5154 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
5157 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
5158 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
5159 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
5160 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
5161 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5164 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
5165 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5169 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
5170 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5171 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5172 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5174 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5176 && start
== bar
->start
5183 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5184 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5185 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5187 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5188 the distance between start and end. */
5190 int length
= end
- start
;
5194 else if (start
> top_range
)
5196 end
= start
+ length
;
5200 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5204 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5208 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5209 if (end
> top_range
)
5212 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5213 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5214 that many pixels tall. */
5215 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5217 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5218 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5220 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5221 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5222 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5223 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5224 inside_width
, start
,
5227 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5228 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5229 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5230 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5232 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5233 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5234 /* x, y, width, height */
5235 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5236 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5237 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5239 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5240 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5241 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5242 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5244 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5245 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5246 if (end
< inside_height
)
5247 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5248 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5249 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5250 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5251 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5259 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5261 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5265 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
5266 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5268 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5271 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5273 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5274 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5275 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5276 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5278 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5281 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5282 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5288 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5289 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5290 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5294 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
5296 int portion
, whole
, position
;
5298 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5299 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5300 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5301 int window_y
, window_height
;
5302 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5303 int fringe_extended_p
;
5306 /* Get window dimensions. */
5307 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5309 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5310 height
= window_height
;
5312 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5313 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5315 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5316 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5317 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5318 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5322 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5323 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5324 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5325 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5327 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5329 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5330 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5335 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5336 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5337 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5338 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5339 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5340 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5342 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5343 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5344 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5345 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5348 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5349 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5351 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5354 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5355 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5356 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5357 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5360 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5361 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5365 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5369 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5370 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5372 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5376 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5378 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5380 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5382 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5385 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5387 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5388 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5390 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5391 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5392 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5394 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5395 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5396 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5398 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5399 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5402 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5405 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5406 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5408 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5409 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5410 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5412 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5413 max (height
, 1), 0);
5414 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5416 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5418 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5419 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5420 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5422 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5423 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5425 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5426 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5427 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5431 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5432 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5433 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5436 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5437 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5438 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5440 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5441 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5442 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5443 rest
, height
, False
);
5445 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5446 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5450 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5455 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5457 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5459 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5463 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5465 /* Remember new settings. */
5466 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5468 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5469 bar
->height
= height
;
5474 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5475 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5477 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5478 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5479 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5481 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5483 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5486 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5489 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5490 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5491 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5494 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5496 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5500 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5501 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5502 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5503 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5504 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5505 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5506 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5508 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5509 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5510 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5513 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5516 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5517 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5520 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5521 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5522 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5523 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5524 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5525 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5526 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5531 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5532 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5535 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5536 struct window
*window
;
5538 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5541 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5542 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5545 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5547 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5548 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5549 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5551 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5553 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5554 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5556 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5557 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5558 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5560 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5561 one or the other! */
5565 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5567 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5568 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5570 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5572 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5573 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5574 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5577 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5578 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5581 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5584 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5586 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5588 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5589 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5590 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5592 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5594 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5596 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5599 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5602 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5603 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5607 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5608 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5609 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5611 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5615 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5616 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5619 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5620 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5621 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5622 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5626 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5628 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5629 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5630 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5631 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5633 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5634 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5636 /* x, y, width, height */
5638 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5641 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5642 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5643 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5644 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5649 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5651 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5652 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5654 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5659 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5660 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5662 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5664 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5667 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5668 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5669 emacs_event
->modifiers
5670 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5671 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5672 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5673 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5676 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5677 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5678 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5681 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5683 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5686 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5687 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5690 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5693 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5694 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5695 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5697 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5699 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5700 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5701 whether or not we're dragging. */
5703 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5705 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
5706 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5707 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- bar
->start
);
5710 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5711 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5712 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5713 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5715 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5716 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5718 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5719 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5723 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5725 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5727 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5728 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
5730 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5732 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5735 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5739 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5741 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5743 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5747 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5748 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5751 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5753 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5756 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5758 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5759 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5761 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5762 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5764 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5766 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5768 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5773 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5775 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5776 on the scroll bar. */
5779 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5781 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5782 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5784 unsigned long *time
;
5786 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5787 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5788 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5790 Window dummy_window
;
5792 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5796 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5798 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5800 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5801 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5802 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5804 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5807 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5814 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5817 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5819 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5821 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5822 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5826 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5830 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5832 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5833 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5834 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5835 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5836 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5837 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5839 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5841 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5842 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5845 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5848 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5854 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5855 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5856 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5860 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5863 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5866 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5867 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5868 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5869 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5870 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5871 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5872 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5873 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5875 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5879 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5882 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5883 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5884 sometimes don't work. */
5886 static Time enter_timestamp
;
5889 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5890 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5891 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5892 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5894 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5895 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5897 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5899 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5900 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5902 static int temp_index
;
5903 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5905 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5906 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5908 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5910 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5911 on a particular display. */
5913 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5915 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5916 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5917 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5918 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5920 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5922 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5925 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5926 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5927 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5928 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5929 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5930 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5934 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5935 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5945 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5946 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5947 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5949 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5951 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5955 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5956 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5959 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5960 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5961 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5964 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5965 event
->xclient
.window
);
5967 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5972 static int current_count
;
5973 static int current_finish
;
5974 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5976 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5977 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5978 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5979 static GdkFilterReturn
5980 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5985 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5987 if (current_count
>= 0)
5989 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5991 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5994 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5995 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5996 so we do it here. */
5997 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5998 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5999 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
6003 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6007 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
6012 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
6014 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
6015 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
6017 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
6019 #endif /* USE_GTK */
6022 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
6024 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
6025 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
6026 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
6028 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
6031 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
6032 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6035 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
6038 struct input_event ie
;
6039 struct selection_input_event sie
;
6044 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
6045 struct coding_system coding
;
6046 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
6048 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6050 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
6051 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
6058 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6059 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
6060 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
6062 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
6063 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
6065 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
6066 could be the shell widget window
6067 if the frame has no title bar. */
6068 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6070 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
6071 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
6072 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
6074 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
6075 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
6076 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
6077 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
6078 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
6081 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
6082 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
6083 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
6084 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
6087 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
6088 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
6089 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
6092 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
6093 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
6094 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
6096 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
6097 /* The ICCCM says this is
6098 the only valid choice. */
6100 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
6101 /* This is needed to detect the error
6102 if there is an error. */
6104 x_uncatch_errors ();
6106 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
6111 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
6112 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
6114 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
6115 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
6116 the session manager, who's looking for such a
6117 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
6118 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
6119 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
6120 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
6121 session manager and one for this. */
6123 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
6126 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
6127 event
.xclient
.window
);
6128 /* This is just so we only give real data once
6129 for a single Emacs process. */
6130 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
6131 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
6132 event
.xclient
.window
,
6133 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
6135 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
6136 event
.xclient
.window
,
6142 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
6143 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
6145 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
6146 event
.xclient
.window
);
6148 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
6150 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6151 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6158 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6159 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
6164 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6165 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
6168 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6170 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
6171 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
6175 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
6182 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6183 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
6185 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6187 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
6191 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
6193 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
6194 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
6195 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
6196 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
6198 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
6199 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
6200 currently never do because we are interested in
6201 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
6202 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6203 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6206 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
6207 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
6211 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6212 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
6213 we construct an input_event. */
6214 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6215 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
6217 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
6218 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6221 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6223 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
6224 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6225 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
6227 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6228 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
6229 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6231 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6235 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6238 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6239 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6243 case SelectionNotify
:
6244 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6245 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6246 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6248 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6249 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6252 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6253 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6254 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6255 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6257 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6259 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
6261 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6262 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6263 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6264 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6265 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6269 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6270 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6271 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6272 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6274 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6276 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
6277 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
6279 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6280 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6281 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6282 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6283 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6284 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6285 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6286 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6290 case PropertyNotify
:
6291 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6292 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
6293 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
6294 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
6295 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
6296 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
6300 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6303 case ReparentNotify
:
6304 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6308 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6309 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6313 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6314 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6315 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6320 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6323 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6326 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6327 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6328 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6329 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6330 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6333 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6335 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6336 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6337 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6338 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6342 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6343 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6347 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6348 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6350 #if defined USE_LUCID
6351 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6352 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6353 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6356 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6358 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6360 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6362 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6363 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6365 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6366 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6367 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6370 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6371 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6374 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6375 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6379 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6380 source area was obscured or not
6382 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6386 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6387 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6388 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6390 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6393 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6396 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6397 source area was completely
6402 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6403 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6406 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6409 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6410 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6411 the frame was deleted. */
6413 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6414 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6415 display that won't ever be seen. */
6416 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6417 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6418 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6419 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6420 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6421 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6422 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6423 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6425 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6427 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6428 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6434 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6435 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6436 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6439 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6440 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6441 frame is visible. */
6442 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6445 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6446 the frame's display structures.
6447 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6448 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6449 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6450 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6451 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6452 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6454 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6455 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6456 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6460 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6461 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6463 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6464 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6465 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6466 to update the frame titles
6467 in case this is the second frame. */
6468 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6474 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6475 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6477 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6478 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6479 if (popup_activated ())
6483 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6485 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6486 mouse highlighting. */
6487 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6489 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6491 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6492 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6495 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6498 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6499 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6500 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6502 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6504 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6505 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6508 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6512 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6513 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6514 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6517 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6518 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6519 status_return even if the input is too long to
6520 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6521 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6522 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6523 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6524 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6525 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6526 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6528 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6532 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6533 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6534 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6536 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6540 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6541 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6542 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6544 /* This will have to go some day... */
6546 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6547 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6548 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6549 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6550 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6551 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6552 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6554 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6555 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6556 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6557 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6558 not it is combined with Meta. */
6559 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6560 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6565 Status status_return
;
6567 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6568 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6569 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6570 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6572 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6574 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6575 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6576 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6577 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6578 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6581 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6582 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6583 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
6584 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6585 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
6586 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6587 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6588 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6590 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6592 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6593 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6594 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6597 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6603 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6605 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6610 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6611 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6615 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6616 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6619 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6620 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6624 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6625 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6626 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6629 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6630 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6632 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6633 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6635 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6636 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6638 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6639 translations to characters. */
6640 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6641 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6643 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6644 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6648 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6649 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6651 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6652 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6654 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6655 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6659 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6660 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6661 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6665 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6666 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6667 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6668 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6672 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6673 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6674 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6675 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6676 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6677 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6679 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6680 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6682 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6683 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6684 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6685 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6686 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6687 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6689 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6690 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6692 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6693 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6695 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6696 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6698 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6699 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6701 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6702 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6704 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6705 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6707 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6708 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6710 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6711 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6713 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6714 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6716 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6717 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6719 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6720 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6722 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6723 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6725 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6726 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6728 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6729 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6730 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6731 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6732 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6733 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6734 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6735 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6736 don't have real modifiers but
6737 should be treated similarly to
6738 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6739 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6740 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6742 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6743 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6747 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6748 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6750 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6751 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6755 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6760 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6762 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6764 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6767 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6769 /* Decode the input data. */
6773 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6774 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6775 we used just above and the locale. */
6776 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6777 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6778 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6779 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6780 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6781 gives us composition information. */
6782 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6784 require
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6785 coding
.destination
= alloca (require
);
6786 coding
.dst_bytes
= require
;
6787 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6788 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6789 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6790 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6791 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6794 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6795 character events. */
6796 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6798 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6799 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6801 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6803 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6804 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6805 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6807 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6812 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6814 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6820 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6821 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6829 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6831 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6832 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6840 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6841 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6843 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6845 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6846 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6849 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
6851 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6852 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
6854 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
6856 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
6857 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6860 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6861 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6864 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6865 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6866 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6867 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6869 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6870 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6871 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6872 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6877 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6881 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6882 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6884 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6887 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6889 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6890 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6891 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6892 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6895 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6896 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6897 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6898 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6899 if (any_help_event_p
)
6903 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6904 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6905 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6910 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6915 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6916 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6917 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6919 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6920 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6921 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6923 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6925 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6927 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6928 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6934 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
6935 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
))
6939 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6940 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6943 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6944 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6945 will be selected only when it is active. */
6946 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6947 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6948 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6949 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6950 create event iff we don't leave the
6952 && (focus_follows_mouse
6953 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6954 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6956 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6957 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6962 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6963 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6967 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6968 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6969 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6970 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6973 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6974 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6976 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6977 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6978 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6981 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6982 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6983 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6984 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6989 case ConfigureNotify
:
6990 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6993 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6995 xg_resize_widgets (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6996 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6997 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6998 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6999 do this one, the right one will come later.
7000 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
7001 need to reset it below. */
7003 = ((f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
7004 && f
->new_text_cols
!= 0);
7005 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
7006 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
7011 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
7012 is called by the code that handles resizing
7013 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
7015 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
7016 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
7017 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
7018 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
7019 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
7020 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
7021 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
7023 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
7024 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
7025 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
7027 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
7030 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
7031 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
7034 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
7035 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
7036 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
7037 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
7040 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
7042 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
7043 f
->want_fullscreen
&= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
7047 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
7048 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
7051 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
7053 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
7054 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
7055 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
7056 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
7064 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
7065 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
7068 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
7069 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
7070 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
7072 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
7074 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
7075 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
7077 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
7081 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
7082 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
7083 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
7086 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
7087 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
7089 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
7090 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
7092 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
7094 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
7095 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
7096 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
7097 event
.xbutton
.state
));
7102 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
7103 if (! popup_activated ())
7106 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
7108 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
7109 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
7111 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
7112 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
7114 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
7115 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
7118 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
7120 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
7121 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
7122 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
7126 struct scroll_bar
*bar
7127 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
7128 event
.xbutton
.window
);
7130 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7131 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
7133 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
7135 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
7136 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
7138 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7140 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
7141 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7144 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
7146 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
7147 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
7150 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
7153 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
7155 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
7156 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
7157 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
7161 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
7162 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
7163 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
7164 don't pass it to Xt right now.
7165 Instead, save it away
7166 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
7167 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
7170 ! popup_activated ()
7173 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
7174 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
7175 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
7176 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
7177 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
7178 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
7179 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
7180 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
7182 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
7183 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
7185 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
7188 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
7190 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
7194 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
7195 but I am trying to be cautious. */
7196 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
7198 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
7200 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
7201 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
7202 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
7207 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
7210 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
7214 case CirculateNotify
:
7217 case CirculateRequest
:
7220 case VisibilityNotify
:
7224 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
7226 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
7228 case MappingModifier
:
7229 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
7230 /* This is meant to fall through. */
7231 case MappingKeyboard
:
7232 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
7238 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7240 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
7241 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
7243 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7248 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
7250 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
7255 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
7260 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7266 any_help_event_p
= 1;
7267 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
7268 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
7272 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7273 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7283 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7284 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7285 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7287 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7289 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
7293 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7294 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7296 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7299 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7305 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7306 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7307 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7309 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7310 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7311 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7314 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7317 XTread_socket (terminal
, expected
, hold_quit
)
7318 struct terminal
*terminal
;
7320 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
7324 int event_found
= 0;
7325 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7327 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7329 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7333 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7336 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7337 input_signal_count
++;
7342 /* Only check session manager input for the primary display. */
7343 if (terminal
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
7345 struct input_event inev
;
7347 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7348 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7349 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7351 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7358 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7359 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7361 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7362 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
7365 #if 0 /* This loop is a noop now. */
7366 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
7367 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
7368 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
7370 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
7372 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
7373 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
7374 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
7375 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
7376 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
7377 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
7380 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
7381 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
7382 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
7383 for X connections. */
7386 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
7388 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
7389 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
7390 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7391 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
7393 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
7400 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7404 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7407 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7408 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7413 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7414 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7416 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7422 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7423 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7424 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7425 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7427 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7428 from all displays. */
7430 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7432 current_count
= count
;
7433 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7435 gtk_main_iteration ();
7437 count
= current_count
;
7439 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7441 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7444 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7448 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7449 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7452 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7453 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7454 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7456 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7460 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7461 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7463 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7465 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7466 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7470 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7472 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7473 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7475 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7476 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7488 /***********************************************************************
7490 ***********************************************************************/
7492 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7493 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7495 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7496 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7497 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7500 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, area
, gc
)
7502 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7506 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7507 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7508 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7510 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7512 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7513 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7514 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7515 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7516 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7518 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7522 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7525 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7527 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7529 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7530 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7531 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7534 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7537 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7538 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7539 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7540 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7543 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7544 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7545 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7547 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7548 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7549 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7550 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7551 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7553 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7554 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7555 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7557 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7558 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7559 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7560 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7564 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7566 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7567 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7568 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7572 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7574 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7576 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7578 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7579 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7581 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7582 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7584 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7585 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7588 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7589 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7590 the bar might not be in the window. */
7591 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7593 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7594 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7595 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7599 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7600 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7601 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7602 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7603 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7606 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7607 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7608 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7609 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7610 that the glyph is legible. */
7611 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7612 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7614 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7615 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7618 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7621 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7622 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7626 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7627 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7629 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7630 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7632 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7633 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7634 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7635 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7636 width
, row
->height
);
7638 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7639 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7640 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7641 row
->height
- width
),
7642 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
7645 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7650 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7653 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7657 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7661 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7664 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7666 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7668 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7669 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7673 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7676 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7678 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7680 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7683 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7687 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7688 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7690 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7691 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7693 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7694 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7697 switch (cursor_type
)
7699 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7700 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7703 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7704 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7708 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7712 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7716 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7724 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7725 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7726 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7731 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7738 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7741 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7747 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7750 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7751 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7752 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7753 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7758 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7759 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7760 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7762 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7763 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7764 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7768 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7769 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7773 #if defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7775 if (xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7778 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7780 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7781 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7782 #endif /* defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS) */
7784 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7787 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_xbm_bits
,
7788 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7792 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7793 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7797 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7798 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7799 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7800 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7801 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7803 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7806 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7807 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7813 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7814 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7817 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7821 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7826 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7827 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7829 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7830 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7833 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7834 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7835 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7836 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7841 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7843 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7844 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7846 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7847 be called from a signal handler.
7850 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7851 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7853 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7855 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7857 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7858 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7859 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7862 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7866 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7867 x_error_message
->string
,
7868 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7871 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7872 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7875 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7876 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7877 stored in *x_error_message.
7879 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7880 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7882 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7884 void x_check_errors ();
7887 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7890 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7892 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7896 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7897 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7898 x_error_message
= data
;
7901 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7902 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7907 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7911 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7912 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7913 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7914 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7916 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7917 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7922 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7923 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7924 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7927 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7931 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7934 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7936 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7937 bcopy (x_error_message
->string
, string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7938 x_uncatch_errors ();
7939 error (format
, string
);
7943 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7944 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7947 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7950 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7953 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7956 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7959 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7962 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7965 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7966 * idea. --lorentey */
7967 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7970 x_fully_uncatch_errors ()
7972 while (x_error_message
)
7973 x_uncatch_errors ();
7977 /* Nonzero if x_catch_errors has been done and not yet canceled. */
7980 x_catching_errors ()
7982 return x_error_message
!= 0;
7986 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7989 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7994 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7995 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7996 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7997 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7998 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
8001 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
8002 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
8005 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
8006 must reestablish each time */
8007 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
8012 /************************************************************************
8014 ************************************************************************/
8016 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
8018 static char *error_msg
;
8020 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
8021 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
8022 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
8025 x_fatal_error_signal ()
8027 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
8031 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
8032 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
8035 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
8037 char *error_message
;
8039 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
8040 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8041 int index
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
8043 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
8044 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
8045 handling_signal
= 0;
8047 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
8048 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
8049 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
8050 the original message here. */
8051 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8053 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
8054 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
8058 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
8060 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
8061 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
8064 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
8065 that are on the dead display. */
8066 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8068 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
8070 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
8071 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
8072 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
8073 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
8074 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
8075 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
8078 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
8079 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
8080 for another frame that we need to delete. */
8081 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8082 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
8083 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
8085 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
8086 trying to find a replacement. */
8087 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
8088 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
8091 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
8092 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
8093 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
8095 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
8096 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
8097 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
8099 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
8100 in the first call to make-frame-on-display.
8102 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
8103 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
8104 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to circumvent it here. */
8106 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8107 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
8108 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
8111 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
8112 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
8113 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
8114 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
8120 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
8125 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
8126 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
8128 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
8129 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
8130 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
8131 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
8134 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
8137 x_uncatch_errors ();
8139 if (terminal_list
== 0)
8141 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
8142 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
8146 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
8148 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
8150 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
8151 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
8153 unbind_to (index
, Qnil
);
8154 clear_waiting_for_input ();
8155 /* FIXME: This is an asynchronous interrupt w.r.t elisp, so signalling an
8156 error might not be the best thing to do. I'd vote for creating an
8157 elisp event and stuffing it in the queue so people can bind to it via
8158 the global map. --Stef */
8159 error ("%s", error_msg
);
8162 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
8163 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
8164 static void x_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*, XErrorEvent
*));
8166 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
8167 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
8170 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
8174 if (x_error_message
)
8175 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
8177 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
8181 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
8182 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
8183 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
8185 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
8187 #if __GNUC__ >= 3 /* On GCC 3.0 we might get a warning. */
8188 #define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
8193 /* Some versions of GNU/Linux define noinline in their headers. */
8199 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
8200 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
8202 static void NO_INLINE
8203 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
8207 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
8209 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
8210 or colors that are not defined. */
8212 if (error
->error_code
== BadName
)
8215 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
8216 original error handler. */
8218 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
8219 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
8220 buf
, error
->request_code
);
8221 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
8225 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
8226 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
8227 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
8230 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
8235 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
8236 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
8240 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
8242 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
8243 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
8244 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
8245 The return value shows which font we chose. */
8248 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
8250 register char *fontname
;
8252 struct font_info
*fontp
8253 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, fontname
);
8258 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
))
8259 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
8261 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
8263 FRAME_FONT (f
) = (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
8264 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = fontp
->baseline_offset
;
8265 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
8267 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->average_width
;
8268 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->space_width
;
8269 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
8271 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
8273 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
8274 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
8276 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8277 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
8278 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
8282 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8283 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
8286 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
8287 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
8291 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
8292 if (enable_font_backend
)
8293 fid
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->font
->fid
;
8296 fid
= FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
;
8297 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, fid
);
8298 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->reverse_gc
, fid
);
8299 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
, fid
);
8301 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
8302 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
8303 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
8304 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8305 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
8308 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
8311 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default fontset,
8312 and return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a
8313 wildcard pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits
8314 the pattern. FONTSETNAME may be a font name for ASCII characters;
8315 in that case, we create a fontset from that font name.
8317 The return value shows which fontset we chose.
8318 If FONTSETNAME specifies the default fontset, return Qt.
8319 If an ASCII font in the specified fontset can't be loaded, return
8323 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
8325 Lisp_Object fontsetname
;
8327 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (fontsetname
, 0);
8330 if (fontset
> 0 && f
->output_data
.x
->fontset
== fontset
)
8331 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
8333 return fontset_name (fontset
);
8334 else if (fontset
== 0)
8335 /* The default fontset can't be the default font. */
8339 result
= x_new_font (f
, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
))));
8341 result
= x_new_font (f
, SDATA (fontsetname
));
8343 if (!STRINGP (result
))
8344 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
8348 fontset
= new_fontset_from_font_name (result
);
8350 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
8351 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
8355 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
8356 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
8359 return fontset_name (fontset
);
8362 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
8364 x_new_fontset2 (f
, fontset
, font_object
)
8367 Lisp_Object font_object
;
8369 struct font
*font
= XSAVE_VALUE (font_object
)->pointer
;
8371 if (FRAME_FONT_OBJECT (f
) == font
)
8372 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
8374 return fontset_name (fontset
);
8378 FRAME_FONT_OBJECT (f
) = font
;
8379 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
->font
.font
;
8380 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->font
.baseline_offset
;
8381 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
8383 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->font
.average_width
;
8384 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->font
.space_width
;
8385 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = font
->font
.height
;
8387 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
8389 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
8390 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
8392 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8393 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
8394 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
- 1) / wid
;
8398 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8399 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
8402 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
8403 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
8405 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
8406 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
8407 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
8408 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8409 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
8414 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
8415 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
8420 return fontset_name (fontset
);
8422 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
8425 /***********************************************************************
8427 ***********************************************************************/
8433 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
8434 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
8435 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
8438 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
8440 XPointer client_data
;
8443 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
8444 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8448 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
8449 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8451 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8452 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8454 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8455 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
8459 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8460 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8461 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8465 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8468 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8469 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
8472 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8473 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8476 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8477 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8478 char *resource_name
;
8485 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8492 XIMCallback destroy
;
8495 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8496 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8499 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8500 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8501 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8507 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8508 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8512 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8516 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8517 char *resource_name
;
8520 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8521 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8522 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8523 when the callback was registered. */
8526 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8528 XPointer client_data
;
8531 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8532 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8534 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8538 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8540 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8541 as they have no XIC. */
8542 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8544 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8547 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8549 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8552 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8553 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8555 create_frame_xic (f
);
8556 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8557 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8558 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8560 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8561 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8570 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8573 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8574 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8575 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8576 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8579 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8580 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8581 char *resource_name
;
8586 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8587 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8590 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8591 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8592 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8593 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8594 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8595 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8596 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8597 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8598 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8599 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8600 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8601 least, hence the configure test. */
8602 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8603 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8604 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8605 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8606 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8610 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8611 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8615 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8618 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8619 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8624 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8625 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8626 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8628 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8629 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8630 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8631 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8632 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8633 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8635 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8638 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8642 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8643 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8646 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8649 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8651 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8652 is already for the top-left corner. */
8653 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8656 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8657 position that fits on the screen. */
8658 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8659 f
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
8660 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
);
8663 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8665 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8666 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8667 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8669 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8670 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8671 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8672 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8675 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8676 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8678 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8681 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8682 f
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- height
+ f
->top_pos
);
8685 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8686 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8687 so the flags should correspond. */
8688 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8691 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8692 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8693 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8694 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8695 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8698 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8700 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8703 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8705 if (change_gravity
!= 0)
8707 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8708 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8712 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8714 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8716 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8717 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8719 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8722 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8724 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8725 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8727 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8729 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8730 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8731 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8732 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8733 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8736 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8737 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8739 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8740 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8743 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8744 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8745 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8746 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8749 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8750 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8751 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8753 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8754 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8755 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8756 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8757 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8758 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8763 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8764 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8765 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8766 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8767 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8770 wm_supports (f
, atomname
)
8772 const char *atomname
;
8775 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8776 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8778 Window wmcheck_window
;
8779 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8780 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8781 long max_len
= 65536;
8782 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8783 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8784 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8789 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", False
);
8791 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8792 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8793 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8794 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8795 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8797 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8799 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8800 x_uncatch_errors ();
8805 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8808 /* Check if window exists. */
8809 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8811 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8813 x_uncatch_errors ();
8818 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8820 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8821 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8822 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8823 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8824 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8825 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8827 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8828 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTED", False
);
8830 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8831 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8832 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8833 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8835 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8837 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8838 x_uncatch_errors ();
8843 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8844 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8845 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8849 want_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, atomname
, False
);
8851 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8852 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8854 x_uncatch_errors ();
8860 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8863 do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
)
8866 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE");
8868 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8869 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8871 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN");
8876 const char *atom
= "_NET_WM_STATE";
8877 const char *fs
= "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN";
8878 const char *fw
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ";
8879 const char *fh
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT";
8880 const char *what
= NULL
;
8882 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8884 /* If there are _NET_ atoms we assume we have extended window manager
8886 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8888 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8891 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8894 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8899 if (what
!= NULL
&& !wm_supports (f
, what
)) return 0;
8902 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8903 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8905 Fcons (make_number (0), /* Remove */
8907 (make_unibyte_string (fs
,
8910 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8911 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8913 Fcons (make_number (0), /* Remove */
8915 (make_unibyte_string (fh
,
8918 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8919 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8921 Fcons (make_number (0), /* Remove */
8923 (make_unibyte_string (fw
,
8926 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8928 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8929 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8931 Fcons (make_number (1), /* Add */
8933 (make_unibyte_string (what
,
8938 return have_net_atom
;
8942 XTfullscreen_hook (f
)
8945 if (f
->async_visible
)
8948 do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
);
8955 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8956 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8958 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8961 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8963 int width
, height
, ign
;
8965 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8968 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8970 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
8972 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8973 when setting WM manager hints.
8974 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8975 x_check_expected_move. */
8976 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8978 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8979 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8980 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8982 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8983 f
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
8988 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8989 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8990 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8991 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8992 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8993 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8994 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8997 x_check_expected_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
)
9002 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
9004 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
9005 window manager window around the frame. */
9007 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
9009 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
9011 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
9016 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
9017 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
9018 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
9020 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
9022 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
9023 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
9025 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9026 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
9028 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
9031 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
9032 frame's position. */
9034 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
9038 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
9039 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
9040 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
9041 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
9042 of an exact comparison. */
9045 x_sync_with_move (f
, left
, top
, fuzzy
)
9047 int left
, top
, fuzzy
;
9051 while (count
++ < 50)
9053 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
9055 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
9056 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
9059 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9060 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
9064 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
9067 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
9068 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
9071 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
9075 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
9076 will then return up-to-date position info. */
9078 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
9082 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
9083 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
9084 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
9085 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
9088 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
9093 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
9095 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
9096 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
9097 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
9099 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
9100 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
9101 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
9103 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
9105 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
9106 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
9108 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
9109 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
9111 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9112 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9113 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
9115 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
9116 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
9117 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
9118 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
9120 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
9121 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
9122 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
9123 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
9124 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
9126 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
9128 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
9129 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
9130 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
9132 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
9133 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
9134 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
9135 we have to make sure to do it here. */
9136 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
9138 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9142 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
9143 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
9144 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
9145 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
9148 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
9156 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
9157 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
9159 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
9162 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
9164 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
9165 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
9166 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
9167 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
9168 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
9169 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
9170 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
9171 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
9172 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
9175 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
9177 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9179 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
9181 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9183 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
9184 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
9186 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
9187 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
9188 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
9189 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
9190 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
9195 /* Mouse warping. */
9198 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
9204 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
9205 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
9207 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
9208 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9210 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
9211 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9215 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9216 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
9220 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
9223 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
9229 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9230 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
9234 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
9237 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
9240 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
9244 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
9245 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
9246 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
9247 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9248 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
9257 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
9258 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
9259 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
9260 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
9264 /* Raise frame F. */
9271 if (f
->async_visible
)
9272 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
9274 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9278 /* Lower frame F. */
9284 if (f
->async_visible
)
9287 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
9288 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9293 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
9296 x_ewmh_activate_frame (f
)
9299 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
9300 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
9302 const char *atom
= "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW";
9303 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, atom
))
9306 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9307 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
9308 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
9310 Fcons (make_number (1),
9311 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
9317 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
9327 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9330 xembed_set_info (f
, flags
)
9332 enum xembed_info flags
;
9335 unsigned long data
[2];
9337 atom
= XInternAtom (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), "_XEMBED_INFO", False
);
9339 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
9342 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), atom
, atom
,
9343 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
9347 xembed_send_message (f
, time
, message
, detail
, data1
, data2
)
9350 enum xembed_message message
;
9357 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9358 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
9359 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
9360 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9361 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = time
;
9362 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = message
;
9363 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
9364 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
9365 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
9367 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
9368 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
9369 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9372 /* Change of visibility. */
9374 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9375 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9376 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9377 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9378 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9379 finishes with it. */
9382 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
9386 int original_top
, original_left
;
9387 int retry_count
= 2;
9393 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9395 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9397 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9399 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9400 call x_set_offset a second time
9401 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9402 before the window gets really visible. */
9403 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9404 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9405 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9406 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9408 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9410 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9411 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9412 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9413 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9414 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9417 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9418 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9420 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9422 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9423 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9425 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9426 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9428 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9429 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9430 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9431 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
9432 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
9433 to come back ok without this. */
9434 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
9435 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9439 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9441 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9442 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9443 so that incoming events are handled. */
9447 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9448 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9449 will set it when they are handled. */
9450 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9452 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9453 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9455 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9458 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9460 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9461 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9462 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9463 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9465 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9466 because the window manager may choose the position
9467 and we don't want to override it. */
9469 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9470 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9471 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9472 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9473 && previously_visible
)
9477 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9481 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9482 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9483 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9484 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9485 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9486 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9487 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9488 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9489 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9491 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9492 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9493 original_left
, original_top
);
9498 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9500 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9501 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9502 MapNotify at all.. */
9503 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9504 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9506 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9509 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9510 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9511 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9512 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9513 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9515 if (input_polling_used ())
9517 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9518 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9519 handler reset it. */
9520 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
9521 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9522 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9523 poll_for_input_1 ();
9524 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9527 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9528 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9533 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9537 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9538 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9539 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9540 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9542 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
9547 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9549 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9552 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
9557 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9558 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9560 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9561 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9562 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9564 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
9565 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
9571 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9572 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9573 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9574 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9575 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9576 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9579 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9580 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9583 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9584 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9589 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9590 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9592 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9593 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9597 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9598 just by the event that we get from the server.
9599 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9600 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9601 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9603 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9604 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9605 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9612 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9621 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9622 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9623 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9625 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9630 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9632 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9634 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9637 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9639 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9640 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9642 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9645 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9646 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9652 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9654 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9656 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9657 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9658 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9659 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9660 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9661 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9662 so we have to record it here. */
9665 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9666 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9671 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9672 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9673 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9677 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9679 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9680 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9684 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9686 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9688 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9689 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9690 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9691 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9692 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9693 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9695 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9696 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9698 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9699 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9703 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9704 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9705 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9706 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9707 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9709 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9710 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9712 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9715 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9716 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9720 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9722 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9724 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9726 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9727 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9730 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9731 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9733 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9735 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9739 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9742 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
9745 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9747 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9751 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9752 commands to the X server. */
9753 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9755 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
9756 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9757 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9759 if (enable_font_backend
9760 && FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9761 free_frame_faces (f
);
9762 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
9764 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9765 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9767 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9768 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9769 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9770 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9771 toolkit scroll bars. */
9772 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9774 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9775 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9784 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9785 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9787 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9788 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9790 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9791 we are using a toolkit. */
9792 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9793 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9795 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9796 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9799 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
9800 frames. We must check and free both types. */
9801 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9803 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9804 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
9805 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
9807 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9809 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9810 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9811 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9813 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9814 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9815 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9816 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9817 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9818 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9820 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9821 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9822 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9823 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9824 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9825 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9826 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9827 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9828 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9829 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9830 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9831 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9832 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9833 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9834 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9836 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9837 free_frame_faces (f
);
9840 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9843 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
9844 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9846 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9847 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9849 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9850 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9851 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9852 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9853 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9854 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9856 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9858 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9859 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9860 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9861 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9862 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9863 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9864 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9871 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9874 x_destroy_window (f
)
9877 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9879 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9880 commands to the X server. */
9881 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9882 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9884 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9888 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9890 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9891 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9892 that the window now has.
9893 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9894 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9895 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9899 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9904 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9906 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9909 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
9912 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9914 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9915 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9917 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9918 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9920 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9921 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9922 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9923 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9924 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9925 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9926 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9927 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9928 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9929 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9931 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9932 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9933 size_hints
.max_width
9934 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9935 size_hints
.max_height
9936 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9938 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9940 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9941 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9942 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9944 int base_width
, base_height
;
9945 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9947 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9948 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9950 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9952 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9953 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9954 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9955 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9956 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9958 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9959 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9960 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9962 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9963 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9964 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9965 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9966 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9969 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9972 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9975 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9978 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9979 long supplied_return
;
9982 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9985 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9986 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9987 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9988 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9989 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9993 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9998 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9999 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
10000 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
10001 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
10002 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
10003 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
10004 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
10005 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
10009 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10014 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
10015 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
10019 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
10020 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
10022 #endif /* PWinGravity */
10024 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
10026 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
10028 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
10031 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
10035 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10038 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
10039 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
10040 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10041 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
10043 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
10044 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
10046 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
10047 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10051 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
10055 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
10057 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10058 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
10063 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
10064 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
10065 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
10066 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
10070 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
10071 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
10072 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
10073 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
10074 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
10075 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
10076 best to explicitly give up. */
10078 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
10079 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= None
;
10088 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
10092 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
10096 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
10097 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
10098 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
10099 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
10102 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
10104 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
10105 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
10107 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
10111 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
10113 int icon_x
, icon_y
;
10115 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
10117 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
10118 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
10119 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
10121 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
10125 /***********************************************************************
10127 ***********************************************************************/
10129 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
10132 x_get_font_info (f
, font_idx
)
10136 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f
) + font_idx
);
10140 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.
10142 If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts
10145 SIZE < 0 means include auto scaled fonts.
10147 Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and
10148 consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit
10149 on how many fonts to match. */
10152 x_list_fonts (f
, pattern
, size
, maxnames
)
10154 Lisp_Object pattern
;
10158 Lisp_Object list
= Qnil
, patterns
, newlist
= Qnil
, key
= Qnil
;
10159 Lisp_Object tem
, second_best
;
10160 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
10161 = f
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) : x_display_list
;
10162 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10163 int try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
10164 int allow_auto_scaled_font
= 0;
10168 allow_auto_scaled_font
= 1;
10172 patterns
= Fassoc (pattern
, Valternate_fontname_alist
);
10173 if (NILP (patterns
))
10174 patterns
= Fcons (pattern
, Qnil
);
10176 if (maxnames
== 1 && !size
)
10177 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
10178 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 1;
10180 for (; CONSP (patterns
); patterns
= XCDR (patterns
))
10183 char **names
= NULL
;
10185 pattern
= XCAR (patterns
);
10186 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
10187 The cache is an alist of the form:
10188 ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */
10189 tem
= XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
);
10190 key
= Fcons (Fcons (pattern
, make_number (maxnames
)),
10191 allow_auto_scaled_font
? Qt
: Qnil
);
10192 list
= Fassoc (key
, tem
);
10195 list
= Fcdr_safe (list
);
10196 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
10200 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
10203 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10205 if (try_XLoadQueryFont
)
10208 unsigned long value
;
10210 font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
));
10211 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
10213 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
10214 server. Let's just ignore it. */
10216 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
10220 && XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
10222 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy
, (Atom
) value
);
10223 int len
= strlen (name
);
10226 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
10227 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
10228 string. We must avoid such a name. */
10230 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
10234 names
= (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
10235 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
10237 tmp
= (char *) alloca (len
+ 1); names
[0] = tmp
;
10238 bcopy (name
, names
[0], len
+ 1);
10243 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
10246 XFreeFont (dpy
, font
);
10249 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
10251 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
10252 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
10257 for (limit
= 500;;)
10259 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), limit
, &num_fonts
);
10260 if (num_fonts
== limit
)
10263 XFreeFontNames (names
);
10272 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), max (maxnames
, 10),
10275 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
10277 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
10278 server. Let's just ignore it. */
10280 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
10284 x_uncatch_errors ();
10291 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
10292 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
10293 for (i
= 0; i
< num_fonts
; i
++)
10296 char *p
= names
[i
];
10297 int average_width
= -1, resx
= 0, dashes
= 0;
10299 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
10300 14 dashes, the field value following 9th dash
10301 (RESOLUTION_X) is nonzero, and the field value
10302 following 12th dash (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a
10303 auto-scaled font which is usually too ugly to be used
10304 for editing. Let's ignore it. */
10309 if (dashes
== 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
10311 else if (dashes
== 9)
10313 else if (dashes
== 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
10314 average_width
= atoi (p
);
10317 if (allow_auto_scaled_font
10318 || dashes
< 14 || average_width
!= 0 || resx
== 0)
10320 tem
= build_string (names
[i
]);
10321 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem
, list
)))
10323 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
)
10324 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
10325 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
, names
[i
]))
10327 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
10328 width of this font. */
10329 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, make_number (width
)), list
);
10331 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
10332 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, Qnil
), list
);
10337 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
10340 XFreeFontNames (names
);
10345 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
10346 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
10347 Fcons (Fcons (key
, list
), XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
10350 if (NILP (list
)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
10352 newlist
= second_best
= Qnil
;
10353 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
10354 for (; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
10360 if (!CONSP (tem
) || NILP (XCAR (tem
)))
10364 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
10368 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem
)))
10370 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
10371 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
10372 XFontStruct
*thisinfo
;
10375 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10376 thisinfo
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
,
10377 SDATA (XCAR (tem
)));
10378 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
10380 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
10381 server. Let's just ignore it. */
10383 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
10385 x_uncatch_errors ();
10391 (thisinfo
->min_bounds
.width
== 0
10393 : make_number (thisinfo
->max_bounds
.width
)));
10395 XFreeFont (dpy
, thisinfo
);
10399 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
10400 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
10401 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
10402 XSETCDR (tem
, make_number (0));
10405 found_size
= XINT (XCDR (tem
));
10406 if (found_size
== size
)
10407 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
10408 else if (found_size
> 0)
10410 if (NILP (second_best
))
10412 else if (found_size
< size
)
10414 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
10415 || XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) < found_size
)
10420 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
10421 && XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > found_size
)
10426 if (!NILP (newlist
))
10428 else if (!NILP (second_best
))
10430 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (second_best
), Qnil
);
10441 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
10445 x_check_font (f
, font
)
10450 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10452 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
10454 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
10455 if (enable_font_backend
)
10456 /* Fixme: Perhaps we should check all cached fonts. */
10459 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10460 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
10461 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
10464 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
10467 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
10469 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
10470 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
10471 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
10472 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
10473 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
10476 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
10480 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
10481 *w
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
10483 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
10484 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
10485 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
10487 *w
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
10491 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
10492 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
10493 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
10494 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
10495 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
10498 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
10502 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10504 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
10505 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
10507 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
10508 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
10510 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
10511 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
10513 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
10516 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
10517 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
10518 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
10520 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
10521 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
10524 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
10525 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
10527 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
10528 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
10529 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
10533 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
10534 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
10535 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
10536 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
10539 x_load_font (f
, fontname
, size
)
10541 register char *fontname
;
10544 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10545 Lisp_Object font_names
;
10547 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
10548 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
10549 we already have by comparing names. */
10550 font_names
= x_list_fonts (f
, build_string (fontname
), size
, 1);
10552 if (!NILP (font_names
))
10557 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10558 for (tail
= font_names
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10559 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
10560 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
,
10561 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))
10562 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
,
10563 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))))
10564 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
10567 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
10571 struct font_info
*fontp
;
10572 unsigned long value
;
10575 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
10576 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
10577 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
10578 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
10579 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
10580 if (size
> 0 && !NILP (font_names
))
10581 fontname
= (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names
));
10584 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10585 font
= (XFontStruct
*) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), fontname
);
10586 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
10588 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
10589 server. Let's just ignore it. */
10591 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10593 x_uncatch_errors ();
10598 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
10599 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
10600 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
== NULL
)
10603 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
10604 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
10605 && dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== dpyinfo
->font_table_size
)
10608 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= max (16, 2 * dpyinfo
->font_table_size
);
10609 sz
= dpyinfo
->font_table_size
* sizeof *dpyinfo
->font_table
;
10610 dpyinfo
->font_table
10611 = (struct font_info
*) xrealloc (dpyinfo
->font_table
, sz
);
10614 fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
10615 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
)
10616 ++dpyinfo
->n_fonts
;
10618 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
10620 bzero (fontp
, sizeof (*fontp
));
10621 fontp
->font
= font
;
10622 fontp
->font_idx
= i
;
10623 fontp
->charset
= -1; /* fs_load_font sets it. */
10624 fontp
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname
) + 1);
10625 bcopy (fontname
, fontp
->name
, strlen (fontname
) + 1);
10627 if (font
->min_bounds
.width
== font
->max_bounds
.width
)
10629 /* Fixed width font. */
10630 fontp
->average_width
= fontp
->space_width
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
10637 char2b
.byte1
= 0x00, char2b
.byte2
= 0x20;
10638 pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0);
10640 fontp
->space_width
= pcm
->width
;
10642 fontp
->space_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
10644 fontp
->average_width
10645 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
, &value
)
10646 ? (long) value
/ 10 : 0);
10647 if (fontp
->average_width
< 0)
10648 fontp
->average_width
= - fontp
->average_width
;
10649 if (fontp
->average_width
== 0)
10653 int width
= pcm
->width
;
10654 for (char2b
.byte2
= 33; char2b
.byte2
<= 126; char2b
.byte2
++)
10655 if ((pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0)) != NULL
)
10656 width
+= pcm
->width
;
10657 fontp
->average_width
= width
/ 95;
10660 fontp
->average_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
10664 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
10666 if (XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
10668 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), (Atom
) value
);
10672 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
10673 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
10675 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
10686 full_name
= (char *) xmalloc (p
- name
+ 1);
10687 bcopy (name
, full_name
, p
- name
+ 1);
10693 if (full_name
!= 0)
10694 fontp
->full_name
= full_name
;
10696 fontp
->full_name
= fontp
->name
;
10698 fontp
->size
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
10699 fontp
->height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
10701 if (NILP (font_names
))
10703 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
10704 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
10705 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
10706 Lisp_Object lispy_name
= build_string (fontname
);
10707 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name
= build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
10708 Lisp_Object key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name
, make_number (256)),
10711 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
10713 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
10714 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
10716 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
10719 key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
, make_number (256)),
10721 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
10723 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
10724 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
10726 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
10730 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
10731 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
10732 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
10733 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
10734 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
10735 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding_type
10736 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
10737 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
10738 fontp
->encoding_type
10739 = (font
->max_byte1
== 0
10741 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10742 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10743 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
10744 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20..0xFF */
10745 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
10747 : (font
->min_byte1
< 0x80
10748 ? (font
->max_byte1
< 0x80
10749 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10750 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10751 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
10752 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
10753 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
10754 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
10755 : (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10756 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10757 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
10758 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
10759 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
10761 fontp
->baseline_offset
10762 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
, &value
)
10763 ? (long) value
: 0);
10764 fontp
->relative_compose
10765 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
, &value
)
10766 ? (long) value
: 0);
10767 fontp
->default_ascent
10768 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
, &value
)
10769 ? (long) value
: 0);
10771 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
10772 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
10773 before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any
10774 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
10775 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
10776 fonts_changed_p
|= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
);
10783 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
10784 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
10787 x_query_font (f
, fontname
)
10789 register char *fontname
;
10791 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10794 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10795 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
10796 && (!xstricmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
, fontname
)
10797 || !xstricmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
, fontname
)))
10798 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
10803 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
10804 `encoder' of the structure. */
10807 x_find_ccl_program (fontp
)
10808 struct font_info
*fontp
;
10810 Lisp_Object list
, elt
;
10813 for (list
= Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist
; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
10817 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt
))
10818 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->name
)
10820 || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->full_name
)
10827 struct ccl_program
*ccl
10828 = (struct ccl_program
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program
));
10830 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl
, XCDR (elt
)) < 0)
10833 fontp
->font_encoder
= ccl
;
10838 /* Return a char-table whose elements are t if the font FONT_INFO
10839 contains a glyph for the corresponding character, and nil if
10843 x_get_font_repertory (f
, font_info
)
10845 struct font_info
*font_info
;
10847 XFontStruct
*font
= (XFontStruct
*) font_info
->font
;
10849 int min_byte1
, max_byte1
, min_byte2
, max_byte2
;
10851 struct charset
*charset
= CHARSET_FROM_ID (font_info
->charset
);
10852 int offset
= CHARSET_OFFSET (charset
);
10854 table
= Fmake_char_table (Qnil
, Qnil
);
10856 min_byte1
= font
->min_byte1
;
10857 max_byte1
= font
->max_byte1
;
10858 min_byte2
= font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
10859 max_byte2
= font
->max_char_or_byte2
;
10860 if (min_byte1
== 0 && max_byte1
== 0)
10862 if (! font
->per_char
|| font
->all_chars_exist
== True
)
10865 char_table_set_range (table
, offset
+ min_byte2
,
10866 offset
+ max_byte2
, Qt
);
10868 for (; min_byte2
<= max_byte2
; min_byte2
++)
10870 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, min_byte2
);
10871 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10876 XCharStruct
*pcm
= font
->per_char
;
10880 for (i
= min_byte2
; i
<= max_byte2
; i
++, pcm
++)
10882 if (pcm
->width
== 0 && pcm
->rbearing
== pcm
->lbearing
)
10887 char_table_set_range (table
, offset
+ from
,
10888 offset
+ i
- 1, Qt
);
10890 for (; from
< i
; from
++)
10892 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, from
);
10893 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10904 char_table_set_range (table
, offset
+ from
, offset
+ i
- 1,
10907 for (; from
< i
; from
++)
10909 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, from
);
10910 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10917 if (! font
->per_char
|| font
->all_chars_exist
== True
)
10922 for (i
= min_byte1
; i
<= max_byte1
; i
++)
10923 char_table_set_range
10924 (table
, offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | min_byte2
),
10925 offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | max_byte2
), Qt
);
10927 for (i
= min_byte1
; i
<= max_byte1
; i
++)
10928 for (j
= min_byte2
; j
<= max_byte2
; j
++)
10930 unsigned code
= (i
<< 8) | j
;
10931 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, code
);
10932 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10937 XCharStruct
*pcm
= font
->per_char
;
10940 for (i
= min_byte1
; i
<= max_byte1
; i
++)
10945 for (j
= min_byte2
; j
<= max_byte2
; j
++, pcm
++)
10947 if (pcm
->width
== 0 && pcm
->rbearing
== pcm
->lbearing
)
10952 char_table_set_range
10953 (table
, offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | from
),
10954 offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | (j
- 1)), Qt
);
10957 for (; from
< j
; from
++)
10959 unsigned code
= (i
<< 8) | from
;
10960 c
= ENCODE_CHAR (charset
, code
);
10961 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10973 char_table_set_range
10974 (table
, offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | from
),
10975 offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | (j
- 1)), Qt
);
10978 for (; from
< j
; from
++)
10980 unsigned code
= (i
<< 8) | from
;
10981 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, code
);
10982 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10993 /***********************************************************************
10995 ***********************************************************************/
10997 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10998 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
10999 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
11000 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
11002 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
11003 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
11004 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
11006 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11007 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11008 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11009 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11010 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11011 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11012 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
11015 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
11017 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
11019 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11021 static int x_initialized
;
11024 static int x_session_initialized
;
11027 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
11028 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
11029 the screen number from the server number. */
11031 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
11032 const char *name1
, *name2
;
11034 int seen_colon
= 0;
11035 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
11036 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
11037 int length_until_period
= 0;
11039 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
11040 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
11041 length_until_period
++;
11043 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
11044 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
11046 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
11048 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
11049 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
11050 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
11051 name1
+= system_name_length
;
11052 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
11053 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
11054 name2
+= system_name_length
;
11055 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
11056 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
11057 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
11058 name1
+= length_until_period
;
11059 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
11060 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
11061 name2
+= length_until_period
;
11063 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
11067 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
11071 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
11072 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
11076 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
11077 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
11080 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
11081 unsigned long mask
;
11088 while (!(mask
& 1))
11104 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
11105 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
11108 x_display_ok (display
)
11109 const char *display
;
11114 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
11116 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
11122 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
11123 the structure that describes the open display.
11124 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
11126 struct x_display_info
*
11127 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
11128 Lisp_Object display_name
;
11130 char *resource_name
;
11134 struct terminal
*terminal
;
11135 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
11140 if (!x_initialized
)
11146 if (! x_display_ok (SDATA (display_name
)))
11147 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SDATA (display_name
));
11151 #define NUM_ARGV 10
11153 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
11154 char **argv2
= argv
;
11157 #ifndef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY
11158 if (!EQ (Vinitial_window_system
, intern ("x")))
11159 error ("Sorry, you cannot connect to X servers with the GTK toolkit");
11162 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
11164 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY
11165 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
11166 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
11167 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
11168 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
11170 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
11174 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
11178 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
11180 if (! NILP (display_name
))
11182 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
11183 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
11186 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
11187 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
11189 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
11191 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
11193 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
11197 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
11199 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
11200 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
11202 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
11204 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
11205 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
11207 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
11208 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
11210 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
11211 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
11214 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
11215 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
11218 #else /* not USE_GTK */
11219 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11220 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
11222 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
11223 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
11224 So let's not use it until R6. */
11225 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
11226 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
11237 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
11238 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
11240 turn_on_atimers (0);
11241 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
11242 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
11243 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
11245 turn_on_atimers (1);
11247 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
11248 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
11253 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11254 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
11255 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
11256 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11257 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
11259 /* Detect failure. */
11266 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
11268 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
11269 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
11271 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
11273 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
11275 struct x_display_info
*share
;
11278 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
11279 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
11280 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
11281 SDATA (display_name
)))
11284 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
11287 terminal
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
11288 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
11289 terminal
->kboard
->Vwindow_system
= intern ("x");
11290 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
11292 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
11294 terminal
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
11295 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
11296 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
);
11300 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
11301 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
11302 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
11303 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
11304 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
11305 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
11306 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
11308 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
11312 /* Put this display on the chain. */
11313 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
11314 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
11316 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
11317 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
11318 x_display_name_list
);
11319 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
11321 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
11323 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
11324 terminal
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
11325 strncpy (terminal
->name
, SDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
11326 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
11329 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
11333 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
11334 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
11336 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
11337 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
11339 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
11340 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
11342 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
11344 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
11345 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
11346 #endif /* USE_GTK */
11348 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
11349 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
11351 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
11352 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
11353 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
11354 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
11356 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
11358 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
11360 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
11362 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
11363 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
11364 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
11365 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
11366 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
11367 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
11368 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
11369 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
11370 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
11371 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
11372 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
11373 dpyinfo
->font_table
= NULL
;
11374 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
11375 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= 0;
11376 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
11377 dpyinfo
->font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpyinfo
->display
, "fixed");
11378 if (! dpyinfo
->font
)
11379 dpyinfo
->font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpyinfo
->display
, "*");
11380 if (! dpyinfo
->font
)
11382 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
11383 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
11384 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
11385 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
11386 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
11387 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
11388 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
11389 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
11390 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
11391 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
11392 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
11393 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
11394 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
11395 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
11396 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
11397 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
11398 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
11399 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
11400 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
11401 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
11403 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
11404 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
11405 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
11407 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
11409 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
11410 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
11411 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
11412 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
11413 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
11414 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
11417 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
11418 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
11420 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
11423 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
11424 build_string ("privateColormap"),
11425 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
11427 if (STRINGP (value
)
11428 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
11429 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
11430 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
11434 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
11435 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
11438 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
11439 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
11440 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
11441 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
11442 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
11443 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
11444 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
11445 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
11446 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
11449 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
11450 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
11451 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
11452 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
11453 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
11454 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
11455 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
11456 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
11457 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
11458 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
11459 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
11460 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
11461 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
11462 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
11463 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
11464 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
11465 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
11466 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
11467 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
11468 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
11469 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
11470 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
11471 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
11472 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
11473 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
11474 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
11475 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
11476 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
11477 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
11478 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
11479 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
11480 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
11481 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
11482 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
11483 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
11484 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
11485 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
11486 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
11487 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
11488 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
11489 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
11490 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
11491 /* For properties of font. */
11492 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
11493 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
11494 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
11495 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
11496 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
11497 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
11498 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
11499 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
11500 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
11501 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
11503 /* Ghostscript support. */
11504 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
11505 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
11507 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
11510 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_XEMBED",
11513 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
11515 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
11516 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
11517 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof (*dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
)
11518 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
11520 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
11521 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
11522 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
11524 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
11525 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
11530 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
11532 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
11533 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
11534 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
11539 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
11540 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
11542 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
11544 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
11545 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
11549 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
11552 #ifdef subprocesses
11553 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
11554 if (connection
!= 0)
11555 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
11559 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
11560 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
11563 if (interrupt_input
)
11564 init_sigio (connection
);
11565 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
11569 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
11570 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
11573 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
11574 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
11575 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
11576 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
11577 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
11578 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
11579 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
11580 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
11582 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
11583 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
11584 x_uncatch_errors ();
11588 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
11589 for debugging X code. */
11592 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
11593 build_string ("synchronous"),
11594 build_string ("Synchronous"),
11596 if (STRINGP (value
)
11597 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
11598 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
11599 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
11604 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
11605 build_string ("useXIM"),
11606 build_string ("UseXIM"),
11609 if (STRINGP (value
)
11610 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "false")
11611 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "off")))
11614 if (STRINGP (value
)
11615 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
11616 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
11622 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
11623 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
11625 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
11626 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
11634 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
11635 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
11638 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
11639 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
11642 struct terminal
*t
;
11644 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
11646 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
11647 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
11650 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
11651 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
11654 delete_terminal (t
);
11658 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
11660 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
11661 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
11662 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
11663 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
11664 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
11669 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
11670 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
11672 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
11674 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
11677 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
11681 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
11682 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
11684 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
11685 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
11688 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
11690 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
11691 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
11692 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
11695 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
11696 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
11697 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
11702 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
11705 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
11706 if (! enable_font_backend
)
11709 /* Free the font names in the font table. */
11710 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
11711 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
11713 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
!= dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
)
11714 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
);
11715 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
);
11718 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
)
11720 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
)
11721 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
);
11722 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
11724 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
11728 if (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
)
11729 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
11730 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
11731 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
11735 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11737 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
11738 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
11739 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
11740 that slows us down. */
11743 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
11744 struct atimer
*timer
;
11747 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
11748 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
11750 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
11751 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
11752 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
11753 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
11758 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
11759 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
11760 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
11761 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
11762 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
11763 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
11764 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
11767 x_activate_timeout_atimer ()
11770 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
11772 EMACS_TIME interval
;
11774 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
11775 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
11776 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
11781 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11784 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
11786 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
11788 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
11790 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
11794 x_clear_end_of_line
,
11796 x_after_update_window_line
,
11797 x_update_window_begin
,
11798 x_update_window_end
,
11804 0, /* flush_display_optional */
11806 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
11807 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
11808 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
11809 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
11810 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
11811 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
11814 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
11815 x_draw_glyph_string
,
11816 x_define_frame_cursor
,
11817 x_clear_frame_area
,
11818 x_draw_window_cursor
,
11819 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
11820 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
11824 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
11826 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
11828 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
11831 /* Protect against recursive calls. Fdelete_frame in
11832 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
11833 if (!terminal
->name
)
11837 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
11838 if (enable_font_backend
)
11839 XFreeFont (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->font
);
11842 /* Free the fonts in the font table. */
11843 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
11844 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
11846 XFreeFont (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
);
11849 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
11850 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
11853 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
11855 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11856 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
11858 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
11860 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
11862 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
11866 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
11867 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
11869 static struct terminal
*
11870 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
11872 struct terminal
*terminal
;
11874 terminal
= create_terminal ();
11876 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
11877 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
11878 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
11880 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
11882 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
11883 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
11884 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
11885 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
11886 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
11887 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
11888 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
11889 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
11890 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
11891 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
11892 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
11893 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
11894 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
11895 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
11896 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
11897 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
11898 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
11899 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
11900 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
11902 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
11903 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
11905 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
11906 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
11907 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
11908 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
11909 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
11910 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
11922 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
11923 any_help_event_p
= 0;
11924 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
11926 x_session_initialized
= 0;
11930 current_count
= -1;
11933 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
11934 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
11936 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11937 XtToolkitInitialize ();
11939 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
11941 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
11942 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
11943 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
11944 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
11945 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
11946 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
11947 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
11949 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
11952 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
11954 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
11955 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
11959 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
11960 original error handler. */
11961 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
11962 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
11964 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
11965 #if 0 /* Don't. We may want to open tty frames later. */
11967 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
11968 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
11971 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
11978 x_error_message
= NULL
;
11980 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
11981 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
11983 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
11984 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
11986 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
11987 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
11989 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
11990 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
11992 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
11993 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
11995 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
11996 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
11997 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
11998 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
11999 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
12000 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
12001 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
12003 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
12004 &x_underline_at_descent_line
,
12005 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
12006 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
12007 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
12008 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
12009 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
12011 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
12012 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
12013 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
12014 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
12015 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
12016 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
12017 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
12018 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
12019 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
12021 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
12022 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
12023 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
12024 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
12025 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
12027 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
12028 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
12029 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
12031 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
12033 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
12036 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
12039 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
12040 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
12042 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
12043 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
12044 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
12045 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
12046 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
12047 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
12048 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
12049 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
12050 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
12052 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
12053 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
12054 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
12055 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
12056 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
12057 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
12059 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
12060 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
12061 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
12062 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
12063 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
12064 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
12066 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
12067 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
12068 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
12069 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
12070 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
12071 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
12073 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
12074 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
12075 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
12076 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
12077 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
12078 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
12080 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
12081 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
12082 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
12083 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
12084 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
12088 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
12090 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
12091 (do not change this comment) */